1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
131 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
133 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
135 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
137 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
139 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
141 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
143 static void commands_command (char *, int);
145 static void condition_command (char *, int);
147 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
149 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
158 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
159 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
161 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
163 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
165 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
167 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
169 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
171 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
173 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
175 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
177 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
179 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
181 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
183 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
185 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
187 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
189 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
191 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
193 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
194 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
196 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
198 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
200 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
203 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
205 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
207 static void update_global_location_list (int);
209 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
211 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
213 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
215 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
217 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
219 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
221 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
223 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
225 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
227 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
230 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
231 current breakpoint. */
233 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
236 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
238 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
239 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
240 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
241 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
244 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
245 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
246 if such is available. */
247 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
250 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
251 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
254 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
255 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
259 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
260 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
261 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
262 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
263 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
265 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
266 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
269 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
270 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
274 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
275 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
276 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
277 use hardware breakpoints. */
278 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
280 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
281 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
284 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
285 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
289 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
290 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
291 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
292 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
293 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
295 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
296 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
297 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
298 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
299 always_inserted_auto
,
304 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
306 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
307 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
309 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
310 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
311 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
313 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
315 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
319 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
321 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
322 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
325 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
327 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
328 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
330 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
331 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
333 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
334 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
337 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
339 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
340 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
341 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
344 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
345 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
346 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
348 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
349 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
350 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
353 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
355 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
356 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
357 if (tracepoint_type (B))
359 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
361 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
363 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
365 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
367 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
369 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
371 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
372 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
373 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
374 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
376 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
378 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
379 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
380 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
381 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
382 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
384 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
386 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
387 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
388 may still be reported by a target. */
389 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
391 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
393 int breakpoint_count
;
395 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
397 int tracepoint_count
;
399 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
401 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
403 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
406 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
409 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
411 breakpoint_count
= num
;
412 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
415 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
418 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
420 struct breakpoint
*b
;
426 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
429 tracepoint_type (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
431 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
|| b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
);
434 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
435 for "break" command with no arg.
436 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
437 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
439 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
441 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
442 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
443 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
444 int default_breakpoint_line
;
445 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
448 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
449 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
451 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
452 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
453 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
455 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
457 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
458 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
460 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
462 int retval
= 0; /* default */
466 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
467 return breakpoint_count
;
470 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
471 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
476 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
478 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
479 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
480 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
481 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
485 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
493 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
496 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
498 /* Skip non-numeric token */
499 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
501 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
507 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
509 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
510 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
521 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
523 get_number (char **pp
)
525 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
528 /* Parse a number or a range.
529 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
530 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
531 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
534 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
535 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
537 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
538 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
539 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
540 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
541 * pointer PP past <number2>.
545 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
547 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
548 static char *end_ptr
;
549 static int in_range
= 0;
553 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
554 or to the first number of a range. */
555 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
560 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
561 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
562 and also remember the end of the final token. */
566 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
567 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
568 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
569 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
571 error (_("inverted range"));
573 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
575 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
576 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
585 error (_("negative value"));
588 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
589 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
590 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
591 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
594 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
596 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
604 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
605 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
608 get_breakpoint (int num
)
610 struct breakpoint
*b
;
613 if (b
->number
== num
)
620 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
623 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
625 struct breakpoint
*b
;
630 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
633 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
635 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
638 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
640 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
641 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
649 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
650 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
654 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
656 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
661 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
662 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
663 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
664 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
665 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
669 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
671 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
674 breakpoints_changed ();
675 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
679 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
682 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
685 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
687 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
688 b
->commands
= commands
;
689 breakpoints_changed ();
690 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
694 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
696 struct breakpoint
*b
;
699 struct command_line
*l
;
701 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
702 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
705 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
706 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
709 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
712 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
715 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
717 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
719 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
720 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
721 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
722 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
725 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
728 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
729 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
731 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
732 that are part of if and while bodies. */
733 enum command_control_type
734 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
736 struct breakpoint
*b
;
740 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
741 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
744 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
745 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
747 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
748 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
753 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
756 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
759 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
761 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
762 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
763 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
764 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
765 list after it finishes execution. */
766 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
767 breakpoints_changed ();
768 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
769 return simple_control
;
771 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
774 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
777 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
779 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
783 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
784 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
789 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
790 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
792 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
793 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
794 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
795 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
796 memaddr ... memaddr + len
797 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
798 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
800 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
803 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
805 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
806 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
808 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
809 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
812 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
813 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
815 struct bp_location
*b
;
817 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
820 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
821 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
822 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
824 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
825 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
828 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
829 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
835 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
837 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
839 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
840 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
844 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
845 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
848 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
851 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
852 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
853 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
856 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
858 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
859 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
862 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
864 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
865 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
867 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
868 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
872 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
873 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
877 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
878 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
880 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
881 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
882 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
886 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
888 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
889 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
892 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
893 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
898 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
900 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
902 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
905 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
906 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
912 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
914 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
915 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
916 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
919 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
920 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
921 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
924 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
925 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
926 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
927 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
928 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
930 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
931 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
932 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
933 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
935 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
936 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
937 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
941 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
942 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
944 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
945 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
953 /* Evaluate the expression. */
954 mark
= value_mark ();
957 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
959 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
963 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
964 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
965 error to some higher catcher. */
971 throw_exception (ex
);
976 new_mark
= value_mark ();
977 if (mark
== new_mark
)
982 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
983 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
985 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
990 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
991 decide which addresses to watch. */
992 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
993 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
997 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
998 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
999 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1000 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1001 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1002 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1003 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1004 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1008 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1010 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1011 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1012 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1015 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1016 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1017 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1018 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1020 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1022 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1023 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1025 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1026 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1027 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1028 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1029 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1030 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1031 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1033 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1034 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1035 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1036 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1037 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1038 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1039 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1040 memory content has not changed.
1042 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1045 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1046 several times when GDB stops.
1049 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1050 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1051 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1052 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1053 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1054 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1055 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1056 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1057 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1058 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1060 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1061 removal from inferior. */
1064 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1066 int within_current_scope
;
1067 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1068 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1072 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1073 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1074 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1075 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1078 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1079 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1080 breakpoints if needed. */
1083 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1088 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1089 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1090 within_current_scope
= 1;
1093 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1095 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1096 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1097 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1098 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1101 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1103 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1104 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1105 if (within_current_scope
)
1109 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1118 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1119 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1120 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1121 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1122 be completely different objects. */
1123 value_free (b
->val
);
1128 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1129 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1130 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1131 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1132 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1133 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1135 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1136 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1137 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1139 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1141 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1142 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1144 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1146 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1147 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1148 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1149 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1156 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1157 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1158 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1159 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1162 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1164 /* We need to determine how many resources are already used
1165 for all other hardware watchpoints to see if we still have
1166 enough resources to also fit this watchpoint in as well.
1167 To avoid the hw_watchpoint_used_count call below from counting
1168 this watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a software
1170 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1171 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1173 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1176 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1179 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1180 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1181 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1182 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1184 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1188 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1190 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1191 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1193 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1194 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1195 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1196 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1197 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1198 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1199 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1201 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1203 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1204 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1205 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1207 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1208 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1212 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1214 addr
= value_address (v
);
1215 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1217 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1219 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1222 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1223 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1226 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1228 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1229 loc
->address
= addr
;
1231 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1235 next
= value_next (v
);
1240 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1241 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1242 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1243 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1244 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1246 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1247 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1250 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1252 printf_filtered (_("\
1253 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1254 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1256 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1257 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1258 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1261 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1263 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1267 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1268 inserted in the inferior. */
1270 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1272 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1275 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1278 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1281 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1282 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1283 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1284 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1285 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1286 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1287 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1288 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1289 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1292 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1294 if (tracepoint_type (bpt
->owner
))
1300 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1301 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1302 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1304 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1305 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1307 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1308 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1309 int *disabled_breaks
,
1310 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1314 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1317 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1318 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1319 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1320 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1322 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1323 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1325 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1327 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1328 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1329 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1330 Two important cases are:
1331 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1332 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1333 hardware breakpoint.
1334 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1335 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1336 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1338 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1339 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1340 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1341 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1342 struct mem_region
*mr
1343 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1347 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1350 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1352 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1353 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1355 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1357 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1359 static int said
= 0;
1360 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1363 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1364 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1369 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1370 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1371 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1372 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1376 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1377 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1378 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1379 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1381 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1383 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1384 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1387 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1392 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1393 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1394 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1396 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1397 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1398 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1399 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1400 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1401 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1404 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1406 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1407 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1408 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1409 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1410 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1412 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1413 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1414 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1417 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1418 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1420 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1421 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1422 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1425 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1430 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1431 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1438 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1439 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1441 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1443 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1444 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1446 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1447 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1448 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1449 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1450 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1452 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1453 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1454 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1458 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1460 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1461 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1462 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1463 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1467 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1468 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1469 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1470 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1471 "Error accessing memory address ");
1472 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1474 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1475 safe_strerror (val
));
1486 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1487 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1488 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1489 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1491 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1493 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1495 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1496 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1497 if (val
== 1 && bpt
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1499 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1501 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1502 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1504 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1506 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1507 && watchpoint_locations_match (bpt
, loc
))
1511 bpt
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1512 bpt
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1519 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1523 bpt
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1527 bpt
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1530 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1532 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1533 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1534 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1535 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1537 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1541 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1542 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1543 so just return success. */
1550 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1551 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1555 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1557 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1558 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1560 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1563 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1564 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1567 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1568 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1569 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1571 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1573 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1575 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1576 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1578 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1579 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1581 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1587 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1588 removed locations above. */
1589 update_global_location_list (0);
1592 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1593 Throws exception on any error.
1594 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1595 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1597 insert_breakpoints (void)
1599 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1602 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1603 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1605 update_global_location_list (1);
1607 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1608 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1610 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1611 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1614 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1615 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1616 Both return zero if successful,
1617 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1620 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1622 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1623 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1626 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1627 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1629 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1630 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1632 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1633 there was an error. */
1634 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1636 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1638 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1640 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1641 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1643 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1646 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1647 thread no longer exists. */
1648 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1649 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1652 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1654 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1655 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1656 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1657 insert breakpoints. */
1658 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1659 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1662 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1664 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1669 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1670 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1671 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1673 int some_failed
= 0;
1674 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1676 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1679 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1682 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1685 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1686 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1693 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1695 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1697 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1698 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1699 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1707 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1708 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1709 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1711 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1712 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1713 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1715 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1716 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1719 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1723 remove_breakpoints (void)
1725 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1728 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1731 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1736 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1739 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1741 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1743 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1745 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1747 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1752 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1761 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1763 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1766 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1768 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1769 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1775 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1777 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1778 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1780 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1781 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1782 struct inferior
*inf
;
1783 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1785 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1789 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1790 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1792 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1794 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1796 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1798 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1804 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1808 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1813 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1817 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1819 static struct breakpoint
*
1820 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1821 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1823 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1824 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1826 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1829 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1830 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1832 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1833 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1834 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1840 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1842 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1844 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1846 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1847 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1849 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1853 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1854 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1856 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1858 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1860 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1861 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1865 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1866 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1869 update_global_location_list (1);
1873 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1875 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1876 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1877 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1879 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1881 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1882 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1884 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1885 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1887 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1890 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1892 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1896 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1897 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1899 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1900 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1902 update_global_location_list (1);
1904 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1908 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1910 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1911 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1912 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1914 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1915 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1916 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1917 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1918 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1919 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1920 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1921 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1922 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1923 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1924 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1926 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1928 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1931 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1932 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1934 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1938 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1939 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1941 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1945 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1946 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1947 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1948 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1950 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1954 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1955 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1957 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1961 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1963 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1965 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1969 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1971 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1972 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1973 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1974 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1978 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1979 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1980 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1981 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1982 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1983 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1985 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1986 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1987 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1988 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1989 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1990 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1991 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1993 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1994 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1995 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1996 let finish_command delete it.
1998 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1999 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2000 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2001 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2002 solib breakpoints.) */
2004 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2009 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2010 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2012 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2014 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2018 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2019 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
2020 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
2021 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
2022 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
2023 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
2027 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2029 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
2031 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2032 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2034 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2035 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2037 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2038 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2039 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
2041 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2045 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
2047 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2051 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2052 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2053 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2054 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2055 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2058 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2061 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2063 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2064 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2067 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2068 This should not ever happen. */
2069 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2071 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2072 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2074 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2075 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2076 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2078 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2079 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2080 || b
->section
== NULL
2081 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2083 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2085 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2086 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2088 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2092 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2093 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2094 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2096 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2097 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2099 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2100 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2101 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2102 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2103 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2105 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2106 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2108 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2109 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2112 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2113 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2114 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2115 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2116 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2117 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2120 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2121 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2122 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2123 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2124 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2131 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2136 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2137 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2138 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2139 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2144 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2146 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2151 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2152 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2153 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2155 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2156 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2157 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2160 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2161 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2164 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2166 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2169 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2176 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2179 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2181 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2182 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2185 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2186 This should not ever happen. */
2187 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2189 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2191 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2193 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2195 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2199 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2202 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2204 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2206 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2207 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2211 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2212 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2214 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2217 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2218 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2219 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2224 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2226 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2227 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2229 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2231 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2233 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2236 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2238 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2239 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2243 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2245 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2251 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2253 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2254 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
2257 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2258 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2262 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2263 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2264 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2266 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2267 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2268 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2269 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2271 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2272 in insert_breakpoints. */
2274 value_free (b
->val
);
2284 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2285 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2286 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2287 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2290 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2291 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2292 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2293 match, not program space. */
2295 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2296 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2297 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2298 permanent breakpoint.
2299 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2300 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2301 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2302 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2303 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2305 enum breakpoint_here
2306 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2308 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2309 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2311 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2313 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2314 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2317 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2318 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2319 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2322 if (overlay_debugging
2323 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2324 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2325 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2326 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2327 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2329 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2333 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2336 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2339 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2341 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2344 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2345 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2352 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2353 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2354 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2355 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2358 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2360 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2362 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2364 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2365 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2369 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2372 if (overlay_debugging
2373 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2374 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2375 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2383 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2384 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2387 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2389 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2392 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2398 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2402 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2404 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2405 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2407 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2409 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2413 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2416 if (overlay_debugging
2417 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2418 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2419 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2425 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2426 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2433 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2434 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2436 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2438 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2440 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2442 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2443 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2446 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2449 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2450 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2454 /* Check for intersection. */
2455 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2456 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2464 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2465 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2468 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2471 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2472 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2476 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2478 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2479 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2482 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2483 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2486 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2490 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2492 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2493 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2494 it is now time to do so. */
2496 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2497 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2501 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2503 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2504 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2505 it is now time to do so. */
2507 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2508 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2512 if (overlay_debugging
2513 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2514 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2515 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2524 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2528 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2530 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2534 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2536 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2537 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2538 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2542 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2543 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2546 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2563 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2564 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2567 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2571 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2576 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2578 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2579 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2580 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2581 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2582 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2584 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2585 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2589 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2599 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2602 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2607 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2609 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2615 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2616 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2617 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2619 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2620 step_resume breakpoint.
2622 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2624 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2628 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2630 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2632 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2634 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2635 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2636 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2637 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2638 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2641 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2645 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2646 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2647 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2648 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2649 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2650 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2652 Return 1 otherwise. */
2655 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2657 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2660 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2662 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2663 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2664 this function might return the same number more
2665 than once and this will look ugly. */
2666 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2667 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2669 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2671 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2675 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2678 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2680 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2682 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2683 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2685 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2691 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2694 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2696 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2698 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2700 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2701 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2702 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2703 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2708 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2711 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2713 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2715 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2718 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2719 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2720 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2721 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2723 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2724 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2725 bpstat of the current thread. */
2728 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2731 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2734 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2736 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2739 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2740 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2742 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2745 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2746 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2748 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2749 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2751 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2753 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2754 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2755 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2756 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2757 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2758 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2759 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2760 the tree when we're done. */
2763 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2767 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2769 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2775 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2776 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2778 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2780 if (target_can_async_p ())
2781 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2782 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2783 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2786 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2787 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2788 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2789 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2790 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2791 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2792 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2793 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2794 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2795 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2796 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2797 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2798 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2803 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2808 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2810 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2811 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2812 && target_has_execution
2813 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2814 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2815 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2816 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2817 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2818 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2819 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2823 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2826 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2832 struct value_print_options opts
;
2833 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2834 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2838 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2839 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2840 by having it set different print_it values.
2842 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2843 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2844 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2845 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2846 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2848 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2849 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2850 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2851 don't print anything else.
2852 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2853 that something to be followed by a location.
2854 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2855 that something to be followed by a location.
2856 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2859 static enum print_stop_action
2860 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2862 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2863 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2864 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2865 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2867 enum print_stop_action result
;
2869 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2870 which has since been deleted. */
2871 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2872 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2873 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2876 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2877 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2882 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2883 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2884 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2885 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2888 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2890 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2892 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2893 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2895 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2896 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2897 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2899 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2900 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2901 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2904 case bp_shlib_event
:
2905 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2906 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2907 to shlib event" message.) */
2908 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2909 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2912 case bp_thread_event
:
2913 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2914 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2915 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2916 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2919 case bp_overlay_event
:
2920 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2921 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2922 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2925 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2926 /* These should never be enabled. */
2927 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2928 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2932 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2933 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2934 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2937 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2939 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2940 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2941 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2942 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2943 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2944 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2945 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2946 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2947 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2948 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2951 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2952 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2955 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2957 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2958 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2959 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2960 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2961 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2962 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2965 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2966 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2968 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2969 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2972 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2974 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2975 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2976 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2977 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2978 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2983 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2986 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2987 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2988 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2990 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2991 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2992 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2993 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2996 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3000 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3003 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
3004 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3008 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3011 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
3012 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3017 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3018 case bp_step_resume
:
3019 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3022 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3025 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3029 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3033 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3034 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3035 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3036 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3039 static enum print_stop_action
3040 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3042 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3045 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3046 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3050 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3051 relevant messages. */
3052 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3055 case print_it_normal
:
3057 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3058 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
3060 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3061 print_it_typical. */
3062 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3063 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3064 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3066 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3071 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3072 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3077 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3078 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3079 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3080 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3081 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3082 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3085 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3086 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3087 code to print the location. An example is
3088 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3090 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3091 to also print the location part of the message.
3092 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3093 don't require a location appended to the end.
3094 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3095 further info to be printed.*/
3097 enum print_stop_action
3098 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3102 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3103 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3104 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3105 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3106 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3108 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3109 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3110 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3111 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3115 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3116 with and nothing was printed. */
3117 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3120 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3121 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3122 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3123 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3126 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3128 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3129 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3130 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3134 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3137 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3141 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3143 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3144 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3145 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3147 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3151 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3152 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3155 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3157 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3159 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3161 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3163 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3164 as not triggered. */
3166 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3167 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3168 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3169 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3174 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3176 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3177 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3179 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3180 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3181 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3182 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3184 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3187 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3188 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3192 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3193 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3194 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3196 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3199 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3200 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3201 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3203 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3207 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3215 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3216 because of check_errors). */
3217 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3218 #define WP_DELETED 1
3219 /* The value has changed. */
3220 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3221 /* The value has not changed. */
3222 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3224 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3225 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3227 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value changed.
3229 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3230 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3233 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3235 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3236 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3237 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3238 int within_current_scope
;
3240 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3242 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3243 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3244 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3245 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3246 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3248 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3249 within_current_scope
= 1;
3252 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3253 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3254 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3256 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3257 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3258 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3259 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3260 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3261 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3262 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3263 is likely to be wrong and frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3264 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3265 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3267 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3268 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3270 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3271 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3272 if (within_current_scope
)
3274 struct symbol
*function
;
3276 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3277 if (function
== NULL
3278 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3279 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3280 within_current_scope
= 0;
3283 if (within_current_scope
)
3284 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3285 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3290 if (within_current_scope
)
3292 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3293 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3294 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3295 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3297 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3298 struct value
*new_val
;
3300 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3302 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because the latter
3303 coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just the address of the
3304 array instead of its contents. This is not what we want. */
3305 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3306 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3308 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3310 release_value (new_val
);
3311 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3313 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3316 /* We will stop here */
3317 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3321 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3322 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3323 /* We won't stop here */
3324 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3329 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3330 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3331 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3332 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3333 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3334 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3335 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3336 the first value assigned). */
3337 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3338 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3339 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3340 information here. */
3341 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3343 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3344 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3345 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3346 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3347 which its expression is valid.\n");
3349 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3350 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3351 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3357 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3358 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3359 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3361 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3362 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3364 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3366 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3368 if (tracepoint_type (b
))
3371 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3372 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3373 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3374 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3375 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3376 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3378 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3381 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3382 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3383 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3387 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3388 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3389 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3390 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3391 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3392 (did not match the data address). */
3394 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3395 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3396 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3397 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3400 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3402 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3404 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3405 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3406 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3410 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3412 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3413 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3420 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3421 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3424 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3426 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3427 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3429 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3430 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3431 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3432 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3436 int must_check_value
= 0;
3438 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3439 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3441 must_check_value
= 1;
3442 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3443 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3444 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3446 must_check_value
= 1;
3447 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3448 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3449 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3450 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3451 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3452 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3453 must_check_value
= 1;
3455 if (must_check_value
)
3457 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3459 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3460 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3462 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3466 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3467 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3470 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3471 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3473 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3475 1. we're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3476 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3477 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3478 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3479 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3480 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3481 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3484 2. we're watching the triggered memory for both
3485 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3488 2.1. this is a target that can't break on data
3489 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3490 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3491 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3493 2.2. otherwise, the target supports read
3494 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3495 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3498 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3499 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3500 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3501 changes. This still gives false positives when
3502 the program writes the same value to memory as
3503 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3504 it for a read), but it's much better than
3507 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
3509 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
3511 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
3513 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
3514 if ((other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3515 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3516 && (other_b
->watchpoint_triggered
3517 == watch_triggered_yes
))
3519 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
3524 if (other_write_watchpoint
3525 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
3527 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3528 and the value changed since the last time we
3529 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3531 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3536 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3537 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3538 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3540 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3541 the value hasn't changed. */
3542 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3550 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3551 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3552 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3553 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3554 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3555 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3556 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3560 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3562 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3563 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3564 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3565 anything for this watchpoint. */
3566 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3573 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3574 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3575 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3577 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3579 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3580 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3581 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3583 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3584 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3588 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3590 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3591 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3592 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3594 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3595 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3597 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3599 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3600 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3601 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3602 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3604 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3606 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3607 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3608 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3609 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3610 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3612 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3614 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3615 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3617 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3618 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3620 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3624 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3628 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3631 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3633 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3641 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3642 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3644 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3645 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3647 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3649 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3651 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3652 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3653 several reasons concurrently.)
3655 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3656 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3659 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3660 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3662 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3663 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3664 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3665 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3666 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3667 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3668 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3670 int need_remove_insert
;
3672 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration would break across
3673 update_global_location_list possibly executed by
3674 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions's inferior call. */
3678 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3681 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
3683 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3684 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3685 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3686 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3688 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3691 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
3694 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3697 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3699 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3701 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3702 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3707 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3711 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3712 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3713 /* We do not stop for these. */
3716 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3722 /* We will stop here */
3723 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3725 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3726 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3727 update_global_location_list (0);
3731 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3733 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3734 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q",
3735 bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3737 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3740 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3743 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
3744 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3745 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3749 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3751 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3754 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3755 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3758 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3762 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3764 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3765 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3766 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3768 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3772 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3774 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3776 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3777 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
))
3779 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3780 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
3781 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
3782 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3783 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3786 if (need_remove_insert
)
3787 update_global_location_list (1);
3789 return root_bs
->next
;
3792 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3794 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3796 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3799 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3802 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3805 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3808 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3811 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3814 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3817 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3820 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3823 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3826 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3829 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3832 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3836 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3837 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3838 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3839 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3840 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3841 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3842 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3843 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3844 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3845 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3846 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3847 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3849 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3850 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3851 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3852 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3854 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3855 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3856 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3857 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3858 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3859 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3860 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3862 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3863 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3864 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3865 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3868 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3869 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3870 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3871 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3878 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3879 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3880 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3881 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3882 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3884 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3885 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3886 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3888 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3889 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3892 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3893 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3894 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3895 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3896 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3897 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3898 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3899 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3900 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3901 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3902 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3903 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3917 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3918 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3920 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3921 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3923 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3924 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3925 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3926 which has since been deleted. */
3928 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3929 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3931 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3937 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3943 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3945 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3948 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3951 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3952 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3953 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3957 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3959 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3962 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3963 This requires no further action. */
3964 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3967 bs_class
= long_jump
;
3969 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3970 bs_class
= long_resume
;
3972 case bp_step_resume
:
3975 bs_class
= step_resume
;
3978 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3979 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3981 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3982 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3984 case bp_shlib_event
:
3985 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
3988 bs_class
= jit_event
;
3990 case bp_thread_event
:
3991 case bp_overlay_event
:
3992 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3993 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3999 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
4001 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4004 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4005 This requires no further action. */
4006 bs_class
= no_effect
;
4009 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4010 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4011 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4012 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
4015 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4016 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4017 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4019 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4020 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4023 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
4025 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
4029 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4030 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4031 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4034 bpstat_should_step (void)
4036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4038 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4044 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4046 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4055 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4057 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4058 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4060 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
4062 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4064 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4068 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4070 if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
4073 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4076 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4077 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4078 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4079 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
4080 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
4082 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
4083 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4085 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4087 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4088 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4091 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4094 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4098 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4100 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4103 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4105 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4108 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4110 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4111 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4113 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4114 int print_address_bits
,
4117 struct command_line
*l
;
4119 struct ep_type_description
4124 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4126 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4127 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4128 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4129 {bp_until
, "until"},
4130 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4131 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4132 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4133 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4134 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4135 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4136 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4137 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4138 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4139 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4140 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4141 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4142 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4143 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4144 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4145 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4146 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4147 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4150 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4151 char wrap_indent
[80];
4152 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4153 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4154 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4156 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4157 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4158 struct value_print_options opts
;
4160 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4162 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4163 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4164 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4168 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4169 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4174 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4178 if (part_of_multiple
)
4181 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4182 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4187 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4192 if (part_of_multiple
)
4193 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4196 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4197 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4198 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4199 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4201 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4206 if (part_of_multiple
)
4207 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4209 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4214 if (part_of_multiple
)
4215 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4217 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4218 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4219 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4223 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4224 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4226 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4227 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4229 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4232 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4234 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4235 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4236 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4237 just one location. */
4238 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4239 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4245 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4246 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4250 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4251 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4252 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4253 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4254 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4255 is relatively readable). */
4256 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4257 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4259 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4263 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4267 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4268 case bp_step_resume
:
4269 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4271 case bp_shlib_event
:
4272 case bp_thread_event
:
4273 case bp_overlay_event
:
4274 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4276 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4278 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4281 if (header_of_multiple
)
4282 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4283 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4284 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4286 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4287 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4290 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4291 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4298 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4301 && !header_of_multiple
4303 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4304 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4305 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4306 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4308 struct inferior
*inf
;
4311 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4313 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4318 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4321 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4322 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4327 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4329 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4331 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4332 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4333 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4334 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4336 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4338 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4339 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4343 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4345 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4348 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4349 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4351 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4352 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4353 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4356 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4358 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4359 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4360 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4362 if (tracepoint_type (b
))
4363 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4365 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4366 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4367 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4370 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4372 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4373 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4374 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4375 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4378 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4380 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4381 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4382 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4384 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4385 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4386 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4387 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4388 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4390 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4393 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4394 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4395 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4396 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4397 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4399 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4402 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4403 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4404 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4408 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4410 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4413 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4414 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4415 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4418 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4420 annotate_field (10);
4421 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4422 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4423 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4426 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4428 annotate_field (11);
4429 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4430 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4431 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4434 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4436 struct action_line
*action
;
4437 annotate_field (12);
4438 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4440 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4441 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4442 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4446 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4449 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4450 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4451 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4454 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4455 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4459 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4460 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4463 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4464 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4466 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4467 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4468 locations, if any. */
4469 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4471 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4472 disabled, we print it as if it had
4473 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4474 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4476 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4477 several locations internally, that's no a property
4480 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4481 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4482 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4484 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4486 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4487 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4488 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4494 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4496 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4497 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4499 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4501 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4502 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4503 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4506 return print_address_bits
;
4509 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4515 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4517 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4518 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4519 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4522 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4524 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4525 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4533 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4535 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4537 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4539 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4540 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4546 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4547 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4550 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4552 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4553 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4554 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4555 || tracepoint_type (b
)
4556 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4557 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4558 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4559 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4562 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4563 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4564 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4567 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4569 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4570 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4571 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4572 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4573 struct value_print_options opts
;
4574 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4576 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4578 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4579 size required for address fields. */
4580 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4583 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4585 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4587 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4588 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4589 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4591 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4595 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4597 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4601 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4604 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4605 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4606 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4608 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4609 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4611 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4612 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4614 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4615 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4617 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4618 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4620 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4622 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4623 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4625 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4627 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4629 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4630 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4631 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4632 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4636 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4638 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4640 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4641 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4644 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4646 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4649 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4651 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4656 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4657 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4660 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4661 there have been breakpoints? */
4662 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4666 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4671 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4673 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4677 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4682 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4684 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4688 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4689 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4690 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4692 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4693 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4695 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4696 && bl
->address
== pc
4697 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4703 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4704 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4708 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4709 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4710 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4713 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4716 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4720 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4721 else /* if (others == ???) */
4722 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4724 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4727 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4728 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4729 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4730 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4731 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4732 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4733 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4734 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4735 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4737 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4741 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4743 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4744 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4745 printf_filtered (".\n");
4749 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4750 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4753 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4754 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4757 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4758 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4759 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4760 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4761 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4764 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4765 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4766 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4767 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4769 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4770 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4771 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4779 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4781 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4783 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4786 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
4787 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
4790 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4792 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
4793 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
4794 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
4795 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
4796 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
4797 become hw_access locations later. */
4798 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
4799 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
4800 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
4801 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
4804 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4805 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4806 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4807 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4810 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4811 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4813 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4814 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4818 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
4819 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
4820 represent the same location. */
4823 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4825 int hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
4826 int hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
4828 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
4831 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
4833 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
4834 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
);
4838 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4839 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4844 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4845 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4847 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4848 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4850 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4853 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4854 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4855 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4856 this function is simply the identity function. */
4859 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4860 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4862 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4864 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4867 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4868 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4869 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4870 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4871 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4873 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4874 have their addresses modified. */
4879 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4881 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4882 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4883 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4885 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4886 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4888 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4889 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4891 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4895 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4897 static struct bp_location
*
4898 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4900 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4902 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4903 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4907 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4916 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4917 case bp_step_resume
:
4918 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4920 case bp_shlib_event
:
4921 case bp_thread_event
:
4922 case bp_overlay_event
:
4924 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4925 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4927 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4928 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4930 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4931 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4932 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4933 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4938 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4939 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4942 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4948 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4953 if (loc
->function_name
)
4954 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4959 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4960 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4961 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
4963 static struct breakpoint
*
4964 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4967 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
4969 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
4970 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
4973 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
4974 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
4975 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
4977 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4980 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
4982 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
4983 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
4984 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
4985 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
4987 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
4989 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4990 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4991 of increasing numbers. */
4993 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
4995 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5005 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
5007 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5009 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5010 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5011 || tracepoint_type (loc
->owner
))
5013 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
5015 if (loc
->function_name
)
5016 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5020 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5021 static struct gdbarch
*
5022 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5025 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5027 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5032 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5033 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5034 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5035 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5036 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5037 is also returned as the value of this function.
5039 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5040 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5041 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5042 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5043 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5044 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5045 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5048 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5049 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5051 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
5052 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
5053 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
5055 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
5057 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5059 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5060 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5062 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5063 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5064 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5065 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5066 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5067 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5068 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
5070 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5071 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
5072 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
5073 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
5074 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5076 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5077 breakpoint resetting. */
5078 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5080 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
5081 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
5083 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
5084 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
5085 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
5087 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
5089 breakpoints_changed ();
5095 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5096 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5098 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5100 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5101 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5103 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
5104 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
5105 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
5106 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
5107 but it's easy to implmement. */
5108 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5112 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5113 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
5114 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
5117 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5119 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5121 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5122 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5123 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5124 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5125 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5126 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5127 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
5129 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5130 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
5131 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5135 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5137 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5139 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5141 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5142 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
5144 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5145 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5150 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5152 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5155 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5157 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5158 update_global_location_list (1);
5159 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5164 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5166 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5169 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5171 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5172 update_global_location_list (0);
5173 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5178 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5180 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5182 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
5184 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5185 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5187 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5189 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5195 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5197 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5199 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5200 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5201 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5202 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5205 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5208 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5209 char ***addr_string_p
;
5213 struct lang_and_radix
5219 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5222 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5224 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5226 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5227 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5232 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5234 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5237 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5238 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5239 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5243 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5245 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5247 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5248 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5252 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5253 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5256 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5258 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5260 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5262 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5263 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5264 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5265 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5266 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5267 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5268 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5269 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5270 || (tracepoint_type (b
)))
5271 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5272 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5274 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5276 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5280 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5285 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5286 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5289 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5291 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5292 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5294 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5295 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5296 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5297 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5298 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5299 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5302 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5304 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5305 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5306 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5307 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5308 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5309 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5310 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5312 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5313 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5314 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5315 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5317 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5319 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5320 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5323 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5328 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5330 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5333 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5335 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5338 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5341 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5343 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5346 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5350 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5352 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5355 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5357 static enum print_stop_action
5358 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5360 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5361 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5362 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5363 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5366 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5369 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5371 struct value_print_options opts
;
5373 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5375 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5376 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5377 is relatively readable). */
5378 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5379 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5381 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5382 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5384 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5385 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5386 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5387 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5391 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5395 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5397 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5400 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5402 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5406 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5407 print_it_catch_fork
,
5408 print_one_catch_fork
,
5409 print_mention_catch_fork
5412 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5415 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5417 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5420 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5423 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5425 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5428 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5432 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5434 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5437 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5439 static enum print_stop_action
5440 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5442 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5443 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5444 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5445 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5448 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5451 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5453 struct value_print_options opts
;
5455 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5456 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5457 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5458 is relatively readable). */
5459 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5460 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5462 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5463 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5465 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5466 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5467 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5468 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5472 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5476 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5478 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5481 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5483 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5487 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5488 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5489 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5490 print_mention_catch_vfork
5493 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5497 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5499 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5501 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5502 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5503 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5508 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5512 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5514 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5515 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5517 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5518 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5520 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5521 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5523 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5524 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5528 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5529 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5530 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5531 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5532 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5535 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5539 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5541 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5543 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5544 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5545 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5550 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5554 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5555 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5557 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5558 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5562 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5563 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5564 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5565 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5566 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5569 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5573 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5575 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5576 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5577 syscall we are catching. */
5578 int syscall_number
= 0;
5580 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5583 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5584 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5588 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5590 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5600 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5603 static enum print_stop_action
5604 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5606 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5607 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5608 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5609 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5611 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5613 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5616 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5618 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5620 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5623 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5625 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5627 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5629 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5630 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5631 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5632 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5633 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5634 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5636 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5638 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5641 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5645 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5646 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5648 struct value_print_options opts
;
5650 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5651 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5652 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5653 is relatively readable). */
5654 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5655 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5658 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5659 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5660 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5662 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5664 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5667 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5669 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5674 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5677 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5679 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5681 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5682 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5686 /* Remove the last comma. */
5687 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5688 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5691 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5692 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5695 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5699 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5701 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5705 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5706 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5708 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5711 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5715 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5718 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5720 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5722 printf_filtered (")");
5725 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5729 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5731 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5733 insert_catch_syscall
,
5734 remove_catch_syscall
,
5735 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5736 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5737 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5738 print_mention_catch_syscall
5741 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5744 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5746 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5749 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5750 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5751 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5752 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5754 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5755 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5756 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5757 to the catchpoint. */
5759 static struct breakpoint
*
5760 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5762 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5764 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5765 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5768 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5770 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5771 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5772 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5774 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5776 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5777 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5778 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5784 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5786 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5787 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5788 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5789 to the catchpoint. */
5791 static struct breakpoint
*
5792 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5793 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5795 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5796 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5799 update_global_location_list (1);
5805 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5806 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5807 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5809 struct breakpoint
*b
5810 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5812 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5814 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5817 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5820 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5822 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5826 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5828 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5832 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5834 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5837 static enum print_stop_action
5838 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5840 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5841 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5843 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5847 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5849 struct value_print_options opts
;
5851 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5853 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5854 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5855 is relatively readable). */
5856 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5857 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5859 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5860 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5862 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5863 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5864 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5869 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5871 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5874 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5878 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5879 print_it_catch_exec
,
5880 print_one_catch_exec
,
5881 print_mention_catch_exec
5885 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5886 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5888 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5889 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5890 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5892 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5894 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5897 update_global_location_list (1);
5901 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5903 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5908 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5916 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5918 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5921 *other_type_used
= 0;
5924 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5926 if (b
->type
== type
)
5928 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5929 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5930 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5931 *other_type_used
= 1;
5938 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5940 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5944 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5945 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5946 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5947 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5948 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5950 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5951 update_global_location_list (0);
5957 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5959 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5963 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5964 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5965 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5966 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5967 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
5969 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5970 update_global_location_list (1);
5976 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
5978 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5983 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5986 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5987 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5988 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5990 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
5996 update_global_location_list (0);
5998 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
6002 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
6004 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6007 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
6011 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
6014 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6015 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6016 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
6018 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6024 breakpoint_re_set ();
6028 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
6029 at address specified by SAL.
6030 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
6033 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
6034 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
6036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6038 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
6040 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
6042 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6043 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6044 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
6045 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
6047 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
6048 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
6049 single thread of control. */
6050 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
6051 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
6053 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6058 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
6062 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
6064 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
6066 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
6070 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
6071 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
6072 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
6074 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
6075 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
6076 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
6077 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
6078 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
6080 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
6081 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
6083 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
6085 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
6086 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
6087 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
6088 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
6090 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6091 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
6092 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
6094 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
6099 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6102 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6104 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
6106 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
6107 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6109 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
6113 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
6116 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6119 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
6120 struct value_print_options opts
;
6122 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6124 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6125 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6126 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6127 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6128 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
6130 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
6131 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
6136 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
6139 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
6140 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6141 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6142 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6143 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6144 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6146 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6147 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6148 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6149 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6150 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6151 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6152 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6154 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6155 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6156 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
6157 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6158 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6159 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6160 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6162 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6163 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6164 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
6165 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6166 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6167 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6168 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6171 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6176 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6177 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6179 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6180 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6183 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6184 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6189 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
6193 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6198 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6199 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6202 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6203 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6208 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
6209 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6216 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6217 case bp_step_resume
:
6219 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6220 case bp_shlib_event
:
6221 case bp_thread_event
:
6222 case bp_overlay_event
:
6224 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6230 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6234 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6238 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6240 printf_filtered (" at ");
6241 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6245 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6246 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6250 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6252 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6254 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6259 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6261 printf_filtered ("\n");
6265 static struct bp_location
*
6266 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6267 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6269 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6271 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6272 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6275 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6277 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6278 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6279 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6280 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6281 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6282 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6283 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6285 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6290 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6291 return 0 otherwise. */
6294 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6298 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6299 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6300 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6303 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6305 addr
= loc
->address
;
6306 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6308 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6312 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6314 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6315 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6316 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6317 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6319 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6320 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6322 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6323 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6326 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6333 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6334 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6335 as condition expression. */
6338 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6339 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6341 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6342 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6343 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6345 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6348 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6350 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6351 int target_resources_ok
=
6352 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6354 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6355 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6356 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6357 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6360 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6362 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6364 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6365 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6369 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6371 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6373 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6374 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6379 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6380 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6381 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6385 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6386 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6387 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6388 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6390 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6392 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6393 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6394 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6395 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6401 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6404 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6405 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6409 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6410 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6412 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6417 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6419 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6422 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6428 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6429 elements to fill the void space. */
6431 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6433 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6434 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6436 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6437 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6442 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6443 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6444 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6445 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6446 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6447 single expanded sal, return the original.
6449 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6450 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6451 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6452 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6453 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6455 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6456 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6458 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6459 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6460 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6463 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6465 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6466 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6467 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6470 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6471 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6477 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6479 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6481 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6483 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6484 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6486 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6488 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
6489 past the function prologue if necessary. */
6490 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6492 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6493 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6494 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6495 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
6496 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6500 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6502 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6503 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6505 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6506 char *this_function
;
6508 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6510 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6512 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6513 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6516 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6518 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6521 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6523 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6525 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6527 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6530 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6531 we should really always find the section here. */
6532 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6535 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6536 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6538 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6547 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6549 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6550 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6551 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6555 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6557 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6559 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6560 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6561 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6562 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6564 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6565 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6566 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6573 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6574 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6585 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6586 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6587 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6588 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6589 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6590 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6591 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6592 we take just a single condition string.
6594 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6595 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6596 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6597 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6598 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6601 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6602 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6604 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6605 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6606 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6610 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6612 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6613 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6615 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6616 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6617 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6621 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6622 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6623 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6624 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6627 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6628 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6629 char ***addr_string
,
6632 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6633 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6634 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6636 if ((*address
) == NULL
6637 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6639 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6641 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6642 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6643 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6644 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6645 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6646 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6647 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6648 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6649 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6651 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6652 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6653 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6654 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6656 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6658 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6662 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6666 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6667 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6668 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6669 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6670 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6671 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6673 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6675 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6677 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6678 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6679 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6680 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6683 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6684 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6686 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6687 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6688 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6689 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6692 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6694 /* Add the string if not present. */
6695 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6696 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6702 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6703 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6706 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6710 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6711 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6714 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
6715 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
6716 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
6717 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
6718 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
6722 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6723 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
6726 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
6728 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6730 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6732 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
6734 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
6736 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
6739 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
6740 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
6742 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6747 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6749 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6751 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6752 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6755 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6756 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6757 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6758 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6759 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6760 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6762 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6763 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6765 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6771 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6772 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6773 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6778 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6781 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6783 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6785 struct expression
*expr
;
6787 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6788 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6791 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6792 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6794 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6800 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6802 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6803 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6804 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6806 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6812 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6814 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6815 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6816 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
6819 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6823 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
6824 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
6825 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
6826 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6827 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just the
6828 location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by the
6829 COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. Returns true if any breakpoint
6830 was created; false otherwise. */
6833 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6834 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6835 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6836 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6838 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6839 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6843 struct gdb_exception e
;
6844 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6845 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6848 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6850 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6851 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6852 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6856 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6863 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6864 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6865 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6866 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6868 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6869 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6871 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6875 throw_exception (e
);
6879 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6881 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6884 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6885 throw_exception (e
);
6887 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6889 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6890 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6891 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6892 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6895 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6896 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6897 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6898 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6899 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6900 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6902 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6907 throw_exception (e
);
6914 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6915 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6919 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6920 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6922 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6923 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6926 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6927 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6928 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6929 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6930 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6932 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6933 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6934 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6936 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6937 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6940 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6941 are ok for the target. */
6943 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6945 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6946 ? (hardwareflag
? bp_fast_tracepoint
: bp_tracepoint
)
6947 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6949 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
6950 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
6951 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
6953 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6954 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6958 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6960 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6961 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
6962 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
6963 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
6966 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
6969 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6973 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
6976 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
6977 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6980 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
6981 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
6982 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6986 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
6987 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6989 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
6991 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
6992 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6993 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6995 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
6996 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
6997 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6998 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6999 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
7001 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7002 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
7004 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7005 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7006 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7007 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7013 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
7014 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7015 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7017 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
7018 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7019 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7021 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7022 update_global_location_list (1);
7027 /* Set a breakpoint.
7028 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7029 condition, and thread.
7030 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7031 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7035 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
7037 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
7038 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
7040 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7042 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7043 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
7044 0 /* Ignore count */,
7045 pending_break_support
,
7046 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
7053 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7054 char *address
, char *condition
,
7055 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
7056 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
7057 int pending
, int enabled
)
7059 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
7060 address
, condition
, thread
,
7061 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7062 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
7065 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
7069 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
7070 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
7071 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
7074 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
7077 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7080 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
7081 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7083 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7085 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
7088 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
7089 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
7091 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
7092 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
7097 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7100 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7103 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7107 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7109 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
7110 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7111 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
7114 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
7115 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7116 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
7118 /* Preserve the original line number. */
7119 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
7120 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
7121 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
7125 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7127 struct blockvector
*bv
;
7131 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
7134 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
7137 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
7138 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
7142 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
7143 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
7144 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
7147 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
7148 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7150 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
7152 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
7154 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
7156 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7163 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7165 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7169 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7171 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
7175 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7177 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
7181 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7183 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
7187 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7189 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7190 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7191 stop at <line>\n"));
7195 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7199 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
7201 else if (*arg
!= '*')
7206 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7207 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7208 function/method name */
7209 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7211 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7216 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7218 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
7222 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7224 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7228 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7232 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
7239 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7240 it is probably a line number. */
7241 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7243 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7248 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
7250 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
7254 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7256 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7259 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7260 hw_read: watch read,
7261 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7263 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
7265 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7266 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
7267 struct expression
*exp
;
7268 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
7269 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
7270 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7271 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7272 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7273 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7275 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7276 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7277 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7278 enum bptype bp_type
;
7282 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7283 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7285 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7287 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7288 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7290 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7291 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7292 be the thread identifier. */
7293 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7295 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7298 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7299 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7301 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7302 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7303 reach a "thread" token. */
7304 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7309 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7312 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7313 calculate the length of the token. */
7315 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7317 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7319 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7320 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7321 only in a specific thread. */
7324 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7325 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7327 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7329 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7330 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7332 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7333 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7334 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7336 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7337 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7338 evaluate_expression() function. */
7343 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7344 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7346 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7348 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7349 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7351 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7354 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7355 mark
= value_mark ();
7356 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7358 release_value (val
);
7361 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7365 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7368 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7369 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7371 struct expression
*cond
;
7373 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7374 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7379 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7381 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7382 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7383 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7384 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7386 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7388 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7389 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7390 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7393 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7394 target_resources_ok
=
7395 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7397 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7398 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7400 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7401 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7404 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7405 watchpoint could not be set. */
7406 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7407 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7409 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7411 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7412 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7413 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7414 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7415 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7417 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7420 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7421 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7422 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7424 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7426 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7427 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7429 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7430 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7432 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7433 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7434 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7435 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7436 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7437 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7438 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7439 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7440 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7444 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7445 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
7446 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7447 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7449 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7451 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7452 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7456 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7462 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7463 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
7467 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7468 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
7471 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7473 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7474 need to act on them together. */
7475 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7476 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7479 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7481 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
7482 that should be inserted. */
7483 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
7486 update_global_location_list (1);
7489 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7490 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7491 in hardware return zero. */
7494 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7496 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7497 struct value
*head
= v
;
7499 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7500 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7503 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7504 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7505 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7506 hardware watchpoint.
7508 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7509 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7510 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7511 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7512 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7513 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7514 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7515 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7516 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7518 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7519 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7520 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7521 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7522 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7524 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7527 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7528 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7529 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7533 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7534 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7535 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7537 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7538 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7539 middle of some value chain. */
7541 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7542 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7544 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7545 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7547 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7554 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7555 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7556 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7557 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7558 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7561 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7562 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7563 return found_memory_cnt
;
7567 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7569 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7573 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7575 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7579 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7581 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7585 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7587 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7591 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7593 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7597 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7599 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7603 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7604 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7606 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7608 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7609 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7612 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7613 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7614 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7617 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7619 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7621 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7623 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7627 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7629 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7630 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7631 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7632 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7633 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7634 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7636 clear_proceed_status ();
7638 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7641 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7642 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7643 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7645 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7646 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7648 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7649 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7652 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7655 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7657 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7660 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7661 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7662 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7663 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7665 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7666 at the very same frame. */
7667 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7668 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7671 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7673 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7676 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7678 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7679 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7680 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7682 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7684 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7687 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7689 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7690 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7691 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7692 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7694 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7696 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7697 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7699 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7700 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7702 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7703 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7704 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7708 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7712 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7714 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7716 while (isspace (**s
))
7720 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7721 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7723 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7724 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7725 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7726 if clause in the arg string. */
7729 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7733 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7736 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7739 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7740 condition string. */
7741 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7744 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7745 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7750 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7751 process start/exit, etc. */
7755 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7756 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7761 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7763 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7764 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7765 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7768 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7769 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7770 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7774 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7776 /* The allowed syntax is:
7778 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7780 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7781 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7783 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7784 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7786 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7787 and enable reporting of such events. */
7790 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7791 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7792 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7793 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7795 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7796 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7797 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7798 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7801 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7807 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7809 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7811 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7813 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7817 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7819 /* The allowed syntax is:
7821 catch exec if <cond>
7823 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7824 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7826 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7827 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7829 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7830 and enable reporting of such events. */
7831 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7832 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7835 static enum print_stop_action
7836 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7838 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7840 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7842 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7843 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7844 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7847 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7849 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7851 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7852 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7854 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7855 : " (exception caught), ");
7856 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7858 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7859 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7860 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7861 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7863 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7867 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7869 struct value_print_options opts
;
7870 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7871 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7874 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7875 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7877 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7878 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7883 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7884 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7886 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7890 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7895 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7896 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7897 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7898 : _("Catchpoint "));
7899 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7900 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7904 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7907 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7908 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7909 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7910 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7914 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7915 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7917 char *trigger_func_name
;
7919 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7920 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7922 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7924 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7925 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7926 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7929 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7930 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7936 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7939 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7940 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7942 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7943 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7947 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7949 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7951 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7952 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7954 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7955 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7956 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7958 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7961 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
7964 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
7967 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7969 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7970 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7973 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
7976 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7978 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7979 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7982 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
7985 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7986 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7990 struct expression
*cond
,
7991 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7995 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7999 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8001 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8003 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8004 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
8005 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
8006 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
8007 used for different exception names will use the same address.
8008 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
8009 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
8010 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
8011 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
8012 enough for now, though. */
8015 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
8016 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8018 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8019 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8020 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8021 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
8022 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
8023 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
8024 b
->language
= language_ada
;
8025 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8026 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
8031 update_global_location_list (1);
8034 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
8037 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8038 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8040 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8042 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8044 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8045 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
8046 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
8047 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
8048 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8050 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8054 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
8055 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
8056 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
8057 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
8061 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
8063 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
8065 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
8066 VEC_free (int, iter
);
8069 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
8070 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
8072 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
8074 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
8075 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
8077 while (*arg
!= '\0')
8079 int i
, syscall_number
;
8084 /* Skip whitespace. */
8085 while (isspace (*arg
))
8088 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
8089 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
8093 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
8094 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
8095 if (*endptr
== '\0')
8096 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
8099 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
8101 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
8103 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
8104 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
8105 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
8107 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
8110 /* Ok, it's valid. */
8111 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
8114 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8118 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
8121 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8126 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8128 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
8129 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
8130 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
8131 this architeture yet."));
8133 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8135 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8137 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
8138 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
8139 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
8140 for his/her architecture. */
8141 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
8143 /* The allowed syntax is:
8145 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8147 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8150 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
8154 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
8155 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8158 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8161 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8163 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8165 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8166 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8167 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8169 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8173 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
8174 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
8175 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8179 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8181 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8186 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8188 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8191 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
8194 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8196 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8197 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
8200 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8201 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8206 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
8211 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8212 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8213 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8214 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
8215 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
8216 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
8217 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
8218 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
8219 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
8220 error (_("No source file specified."));
8228 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8229 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8230 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8231 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8232 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8234 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8235 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8236 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8237 due to optimization, all in one block.
8238 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8239 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8240 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8241 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8242 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8245 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8246 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8247 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8251 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8253 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8254 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8255 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8258 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8263 1 0 <can't happen> */
8267 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8272 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8273 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8274 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8275 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8276 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8277 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8279 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8280 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8282 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8283 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8284 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8285 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8286 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8287 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8288 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8289 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8290 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8291 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8292 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8293 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8302 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8305 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8306 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8309 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8311 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8314 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8315 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8318 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8319 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8321 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8323 breakpoints_changed ();
8325 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8328 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8329 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8332 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8335 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8336 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8337 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8340 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8342 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8344 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8345 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8346 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8347 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8349 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8351 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8353 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8354 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8358 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8359 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8360 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8361 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8362 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8365 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8367 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8368 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8369 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8370 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8372 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8373 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8375 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8376 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8377 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8379 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8380 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8382 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8383 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8384 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8386 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8389 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8390 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8391 the bp_location array. */
8394 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8396 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8398 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8399 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8401 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8403 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8405 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8408 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8409 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8411 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8412 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8413 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8414 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8416 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8418 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8419 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8420 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8421 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8425 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8426 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8427 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8428 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8429 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8430 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8431 returns true on them.
8433 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8434 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8435 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8436 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8437 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8438 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8441 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8443 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8444 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8445 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8447 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
8448 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
8449 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
8450 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
8451 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
8453 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
8454 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
8455 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
8456 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
8458 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8459 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8460 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8461 unsigned old_location_count
;
8463 old_location
= bp_location
;
8464 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8466 bp_location_count
= 0;
8467 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8470 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8471 bp_location_count
++;
8473 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8476 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8478 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8479 bp_location_compare
);
8481 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8483 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8484 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8485 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8486 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8487 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8489 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8490 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8493 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8496 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8497 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8499 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8501 int found_object
= 0;
8502 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8503 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8506 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8507 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8508 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8509 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8513 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8514 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8517 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8524 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8525 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8526 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8527 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8530 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8532 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8534 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8536 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8537 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8542 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8543 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8544 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8546 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8549 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8550 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8553 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8555 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
8557 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8558 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8559 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8561 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
8562 access watchpoints, if the former are not
8563 supported, but the latter are. */
8564 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8566 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
8567 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
8570 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8573 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8582 if (!keep_in_target
)
8584 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8586 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8587 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8588 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8591 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8592 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8593 after calling us. */
8594 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8595 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8603 if (removed
&& non_stop
8604 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
8605 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8607 /* This location was removed from the target. In
8608 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
8609 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
8610 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
8611 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
8612 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
8613 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8614 after we see some number of events. The theory here
8615 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
8616 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
8617 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
8618 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
8619 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
8620 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
8623 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
8624 decr_pc_after_break targets.
8626 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
8627 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
8628 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
8629 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
8630 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
8631 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
8632 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
8633 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
8634 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
8635 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
8636 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
8637 targets that do not support new thread events, like
8638 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
8641 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
8642 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
8643 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
8644 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
8646 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
8647 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
8648 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
8649 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
8650 traps we can no longer explain. */
8652 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8653 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8655 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8658 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8662 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
8663 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
8664 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
8665 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
8666 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
8667 are sorted first for the same address.
8669 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
8670 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
8672 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8673 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8674 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8675 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8676 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8678 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8679 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
8681 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8682 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8683 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8685 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8686 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
8687 || tracepoint_type (b
))
8690 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8691 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8692 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8693 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8694 "actually inserted"));
8696 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
8697 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
8698 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
8699 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
8700 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
8701 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
8703 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
8705 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
8706 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
8707 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
8716 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8717 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8718 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8719 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8720 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8723 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8724 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8725 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8726 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8728 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8732 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8734 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8737 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8738 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8740 free_bp_location (loc
);
8741 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8747 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8749 struct gdb_exception e
;
8750 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8751 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8754 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8756 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8759 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8760 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8762 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8764 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8768 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8770 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8772 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8773 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8777 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8781 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8783 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8784 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8786 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8788 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8789 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8791 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8792 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8793 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8794 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8795 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8797 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8798 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8799 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8800 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8801 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8804 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting of
8805 breakpoints gets resolved. */
8806 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
8808 gdb_assert (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== bpt
);
8809 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
8810 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
8811 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
8814 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8816 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8817 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8822 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8826 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8827 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8828 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8829 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8830 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8831 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8833 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8834 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8835 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8836 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8837 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8838 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8839 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8840 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8841 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8843 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8844 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8845 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8846 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8847 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8848 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8849 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8850 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8851 with commands won't work. */
8853 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8855 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8856 list, update the global location list. This
8857 will remove locations that used to belong to
8858 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8859 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8860 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8861 design to have location completely self-contained,
8862 but it's not the case now. */
8863 update_global_location_list (0);
8866 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8867 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8868 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8874 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8876 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8880 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8882 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8886 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8888 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8894 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8896 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8897 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8898 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8901 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8902 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8903 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8904 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8905 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8906 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8909 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8914 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8916 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8918 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8920 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8921 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8922 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8923 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8924 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8925 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8927 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8932 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8936 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8938 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8939 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8944 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8945 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8946 Null names are ignored. */
8949 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8951 struct bp_location
*l
;
8952 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8953 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8954 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8956 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8959 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8961 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
8965 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
8967 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
8982 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8983 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
8987 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
8989 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
8990 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
8991 the common case where all locations are in the same
8992 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
8993 retain the location, so that when the library
8994 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
8995 status of the individual locations. */
8996 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
9001 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9003 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
9004 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
9006 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
9008 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
9010 struct gdb_exception e
;
9013 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9015 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
9020 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
9021 b
->number
, e
.message
);
9022 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
9026 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
9027 xfree (b
->source_file
);
9028 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
9029 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
9031 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
9033 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
9034 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
9037 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
9038 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9039 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9041 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
9043 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
9044 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
9045 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
9046 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
9047 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
9048 often enough until a better solution is found. */
9049 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
9051 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
9053 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
9055 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
9056 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
9058 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
9059 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
9060 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
9068 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
9069 if (l
->function_name
9070 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
9080 update_global_location_list (1);
9084 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
9085 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
9086 Unused in this case. */
9089 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
9091 /* get past catch_errs */
9092 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
9096 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
9097 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
9098 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
9100 enum enable_state save_enable
;
9101 struct gdb_exception e
;
9102 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
9107 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9111 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9113 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9114 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
9115 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
9118 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
9120 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
9121 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9125 set_language (b
->language
);
9126 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
9129 save_current_space_and_thread ();
9130 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
9132 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9134 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
9139 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
9140 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
9141 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
9142 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
9143 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
9144 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
9145 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
9147 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
9148 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9149 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
9150 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
9152 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
9154 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
9155 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
9156 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
9157 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
9158 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
9159 which approach is better. */
9160 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9161 throw_exception (e
);
9167 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
9169 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
9170 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
9172 char *cond_string
= 0;
9176 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9177 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
9179 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9182 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
9185 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
9188 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
9189 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
9193 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9194 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9195 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9196 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
9197 or it can be on local variables.
9199 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
9200 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
9201 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
9204 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9205 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
9206 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
9207 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
9208 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
9209 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9211 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9212 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
9213 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9214 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9216 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9217 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9219 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
9220 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
9221 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
9223 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
9224 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
9230 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
9232 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
9233 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
9234 case bp_overlay_event
:
9235 case bp_longjmp_master
:
9236 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9239 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
9240 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
9241 case bp_shlib_event
:
9243 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
9244 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
9245 case bp_thread_event
:
9247 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9248 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9249 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9250 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9253 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
9255 case bp_step_resume
:
9257 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
9262 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9266 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9268 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9270 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9271 enum language save_language
;
9272 int save_input_radix
;
9273 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9275 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
9276 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
9277 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
9279 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9281 /* Format possible error msg */
9282 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9284 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9285 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9286 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9288 set_language (save_language
);
9289 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9291 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9293 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9295 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9296 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9297 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9298 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9299 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9302 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9304 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9305 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9307 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9309 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9311 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9312 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9314 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9315 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9316 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9318 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9322 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9323 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9324 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9327 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9329 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9335 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9337 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9341 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9343 else if (count
== 1)
9344 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9347 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9350 breakpoints_changed ();
9351 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9355 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9359 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9361 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9365 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9368 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9374 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9376 num
= get_number (&p
);
9378 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9380 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9382 set_ignore_count (num
,
9383 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9386 printf_filtered ("\n");
9389 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9390 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9393 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9398 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9402 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9409 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9412 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9416 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9417 if (b
->number
== num
)
9419 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9422 if (related_breakpoint
)
9423 function (related_breakpoint
);
9427 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9433 static struct bp_location
*
9434 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9436 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9440 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9441 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9446 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9448 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9451 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9456 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9457 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9460 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9462 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9466 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9469 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9475 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9476 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9477 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9480 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9482 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9483 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9484 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9485 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9488 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9489 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9492 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9494 update_global_location_list (0);
9496 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9500 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9502 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9508 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9513 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9515 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9517 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9518 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9519 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9520 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9524 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9526 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9529 update_global_location_list (0);
9532 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9536 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9538 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9541 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9544 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9545 target_resources_ok
=
9546 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9548 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9549 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9550 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9551 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9554 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9555 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9556 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9557 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9559 struct gdb_exception e
;
9561 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9563 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9567 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9573 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9574 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9575 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9576 update_global_location_list (1);
9577 breakpoints_changed ();
9579 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9584 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9586 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9589 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9590 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9591 in stopping the inferior. */
9594 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9596 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9598 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9602 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9607 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9609 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9611 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9612 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9613 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9614 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9618 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9620 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9623 update_global_location_list (1);
9626 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9630 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9632 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9636 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9638 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9642 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9644 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9648 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9650 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9654 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9659 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9663 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
9664 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
9668 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
9669 const bfd_byte
*data
)
9671 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9674 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
9675 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9676 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
9678 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9680 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9681 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
9682 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
9683 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
9685 value_free (bp
->val
);
9692 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9694 struct symtabs_and_lines
9695 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9697 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9699 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9700 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9701 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9702 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9703 default_breakpoint_line
,
9704 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9706 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9707 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9709 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9713 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9714 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9715 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9716 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9720 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9721 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9723 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9725 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9727 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9728 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9730 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9732 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9740 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9743 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9745 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9748 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9754 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9756 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9757 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9759 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9762 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9763 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9767 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9769 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9770 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9774 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9775 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9776 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9779 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9780 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9781 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9782 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9783 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9784 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9786 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9788 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9789 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9792 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9795 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9797 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9799 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9801 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9802 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9803 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9804 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9806 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9808 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9809 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9810 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9811 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9815 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9818 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9822 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9824 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9826 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9827 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9835 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9836 non-zero otherwise. */
9838 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9840 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9841 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9842 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9849 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9851 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9853 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9857 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9859 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9861 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9862 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9864 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9868 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9870 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9880 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9882 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9883 char *text
, char *word
)
9885 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9886 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9889 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9891 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9893 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9895 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9896 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9900 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9902 if (break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9904 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9905 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9907 0 /* Ignore count */,
9908 pending_break_support
,
9912 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9916 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9918 if (break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9920 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9921 0 /* tempflag */, 1 /* hardwareflag */,
9923 0 /* Ignore count */,
9924 pending_break_support
,
9928 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9931 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
9932 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
9933 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
9934 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
9935 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
9938 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
9941 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9943 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw address. */
9944 sprintf (buf
, "*%s", paddress (get_current_arch(), utp
->addr
));
9946 if (!break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9948 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9950 (utp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
) /* hardwareflag */,
9952 0 /* Ignore count */,
9953 pending_break_support
,
9956 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */))
9959 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9961 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
9962 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
9966 sprintf (buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
9968 trace_pass_command (buf
, 0);
9973 printf_filtered ("Want to restore a condition\n");
9976 if (utp
->numactions
> 0)
9978 printf_filtered ("Want to restore action list\n");
9981 if (utp
->num_step_actions
> 0)
9983 printf_filtered ("Want to restore action list\n");
9989 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
9993 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
9995 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9996 int tps_to_list
= 0;
9998 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
10001 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
10003 if (b
->number
>= 0)
10011 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
10016 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
10017 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
10020 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
10021 Not supported by all targets. */
10023 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10025 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
10028 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
10029 Not supported by all targets. */
10031 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10033 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
10036 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
10038 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10040 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
10046 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
10048 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
10049 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
10050 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10051 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
10053 if (b
->number
>= 0)
10055 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
10060 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10062 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
10064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
10066 if (tracepoint_type (b
)
10068 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10073 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
10076 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
10078 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
10079 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
10080 Also accepts special argument "all". */
10083 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10085 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
10086 unsigned int count
;
10089 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
10090 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
10092 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
10094 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
10097 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
10099 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
10102 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10105 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
10111 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
10112 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
10114 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
10115 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
10117 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
10118 t2
->number
, count
);
10120 if (! all
&& *args
)
10121 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
10127 struct breakpoint
*
10128 get_tracepoint (int num
)
10130 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10132 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10133 if (t
->number
== num
)
10139 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
10140 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
10143 struct breakpoint
*
10144 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
10146 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10148 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10149 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
10155 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
10156 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
10157 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
10158 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
10159 struct breakpoint
*
10160 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
10162 extern int tracepoint_count
;
10163 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10165 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
10167 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
10170 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
10172 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
10175 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
10179 if (instring
&& *instring
)
10180 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
10183 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
10187 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10188 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
10193 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
10194 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
10195 allow us to discover this. */
10196 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
10200 /* save-tracepoints command */
10202 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10204 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10206 struct action_line
*line
;
10208 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
10209 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
10211 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10213 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
10214 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
10216 /* See if we have anything to save. */
10217 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10224 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
10228 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
10229 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
10230 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
10232 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
10233 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
10234 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
10236 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10238 if (tp
->addr_string
)
10239 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
10242 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
10243 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
10246 if (tp
->pass_count
)
10247 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
10251 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
10253 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
10255 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
10257 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
10258 actionline
= line
->action
;
10259 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
10262 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
10263 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
10265 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
10267 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
10268 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
10270 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
10276 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10278 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
10282 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
10284 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
10287 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
10288 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10290 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10292 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
10299 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
10300 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
10301 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
10302 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
10303 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
10304 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10305 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
10306 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
10307 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
10308 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
10309 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
10311 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
10312 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
10314 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
10316 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
10318 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
10319 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
10321 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
10322 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
10324 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
10325 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
10327 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
10328 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
10329 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
10330 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10331 char *text
, char *word
),
10332 void *user_data_catch
,
10333 void *user_data_tcatch
)
10335 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
10337 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10339 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10340 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
10341 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10343 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10345 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10346 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
10347 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10351 clear_syscall_counts (int pid
)
10353 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
10355 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
10356 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
10357 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
10361 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
10363 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
10364 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
10365 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
10367 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
10368 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
10369 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
10371 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
10372 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
10373 before a breakpoint is set. */
10374 breakpoint_count
= 0;
10376 tracepoint_count
= 0;
10378 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
10379 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
10380 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
10382 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10384 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
10385 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
10386 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
10387 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
10388 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
10389 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
10390 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
10391 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
10393 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
10394 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
10395 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
10396 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
10398 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
10399 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
10400 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10401 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
10402 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
10404 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10405 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10407 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10408 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10409 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10410 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10412 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10413 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10415 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10416 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10417 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10418 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10420 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10421 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10423 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10424 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10425 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10426 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10427 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10428 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10429 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10431 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10432 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10433 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10434 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10435 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10436 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10438 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10440 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10441 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10442 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10443 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10444 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10445 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10447 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10448 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10449 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10452 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10453 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10454 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10457 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10458 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10459 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10462 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10463 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10464 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10467 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10468 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10469 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10470 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10471 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10472 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10473 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10474 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10476 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10477 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10478 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10479 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10480 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10482 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10483 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10484 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10485 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10486 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10487 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10490 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10491 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10492 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10493 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10495 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10496 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10497 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10498 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10499 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10501 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10502 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10503 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10504 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10506 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10507 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10508 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10509 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10510 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10513 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10514 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10515 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10516 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10517 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10518 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10520 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10521 is executing in.\n\
10523 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10525 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10526 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10527 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10528 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10530 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10531 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10532 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10533 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10536 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10540 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10541 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10542 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10543 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10544 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10545 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10546 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10547 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10548 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10549 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10550 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10551 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10552 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10553 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10554 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10555 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10557 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10558 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10559 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10560 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10561 breakpoint set."));
10564 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10565 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10566 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10567 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10568 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10569 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10570 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10571 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10572 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10574 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10575 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10576 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10577 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10578 breakpoint set."));
10580 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
10583 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10584 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10585 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10586 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10587 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10588 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10589 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10590 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10591 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10593 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10594 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10595 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10596 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10597 breakpoint set."));
10599 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10600 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10601 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10602 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10603 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10604 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10605 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10606 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10607 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10608 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10609 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10610 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10611 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10613 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10614 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10615 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10616 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10618 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10620 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10621 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10622 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10623 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10625 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10626 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10627 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10628 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10630 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10631 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10632 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10633 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10634 catch_catch_command
,
10638 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10639 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10640 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10641 catch_throw_command
,
10645 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10646 catch_fork_command_1
,
10648 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10649 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10650 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10651 catch_fork_command_1
,
10653 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10654 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10655 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10656 catch_exec_command_1
,
10660 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10661 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10662 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10663 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10664 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10665 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10666 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10667 catch_syscall_completer
,
10670 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10671 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10672 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10673 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10677 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10678 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10679 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10680 catch_assert_command
,
10685 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10686 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10687 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10688 an expression changes."));
10689 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10691 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10692 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10693 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10694 an expression is read."));
10695 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10697 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10698 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10699 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10700 an expression is either read or written."));
10701 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10703 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10704 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10707 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10708 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10709 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10710 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10711 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10712 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10713 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10714 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10715 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10718 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10719 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10721 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10723 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10725 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10726 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10728 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10729 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10730 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10732 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10733 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10734 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10735 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10737 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
10738 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10740 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
10741 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10742 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10744 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10745 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10746 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10747 last tracepoint set."));
10749 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10751 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10752 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10753 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10754 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10757 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10758 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10759 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10760 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10762 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10764 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10765 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10766 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10767 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10769 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10771 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10772 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10773 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10774 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10775 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10777 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10778 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10779 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10780 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10782 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10783 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10784 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10785 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10786 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10787 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10788 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10789 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10790 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10791 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10792 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10793 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10795 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10796 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10797 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10798 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10799 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10800 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10801 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10802 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10804 show_pending_break_support
,
10805 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10806 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10808 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10810 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10811 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10812 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10813 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10814 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10815 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10816 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10818 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10819 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10820 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10822 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10823 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10824 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10825 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10826 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10827 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10828 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10829 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10830 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10831 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10832 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10833 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10835 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10836 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10837 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10839 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10841 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);